Returns the pipelineJobs Resource.
-
- project()
-
Returns the project Resource.
- diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html index cea32b9d3e..078e9de421 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html @@ -305,6 +305,9 @@
get(name, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Dataset.
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
import_(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Imports data into a Dataset.
@@ -1502,6 +1505,41 @@getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+ resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+ options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+ "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+ { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+ "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+ "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+ "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+ "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+ "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+ },
+ "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+ },
+ ],
+ "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+ "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+import_(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Imports data into a Dataset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index 41b02e5bba..df24aad525 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntimeTemplate was most recently updated. } - updateMask: string, Required. The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see google.protobuf.FieldMask. Input format: `{paths: "${updated_field}"}` Updatable fields: * `encryption_spec.kms_key_name` * `display_name` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script_url` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script_behavior` * `software_config.env` * `software_config.colab_image.release_name` + updateMask: string, Required. The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see google.protobuf.FieldMask. Input format: `{paths: "${updated_field}"}` Updatable fields: * `encryption_spec.kms_key_name` * `display_name` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script_url` * `software_config.post_startup_script_config.post_startup_script_behavior` * `software_config.env` * `software_config.colab_image.release_name` * `software_config.custom_container_config.image_uri` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html index 2d265a45bd..362d575c89 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@Method Details
}, }, ], - "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{sub}`. + "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the subscription. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{sub}`. "pushConfig": { # Configuration for a push delivery endpoint. # Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it. "attributes": { # Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }` "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html index 3b0c8296af..4786c4c703 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html @@ -168,6 +168,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -191,6 +197,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -239,6 +251,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -262,6 +280,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -309,6 +333,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -332,6 +362,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -405,6 +441,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -428,6 +470,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -469,6 +517,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -492,6 +546,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -532,6 +592,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -555,6 +621,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -606,6 +678,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -629,6 +707,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -683,6 +767,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -706,6 +796,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -751,6 +847,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -774,6 +876,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -816,6 +924,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -839,6 +953,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -885,6 +1005,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this in-app product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the in-app product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -908,6 +1034,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.html index d588f2a7ce..7686ee53df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.html @@ -222,6 +222,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -322,6 +328,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -422,6 +434,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -547,6 +565,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -650,6 +674,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -760,6 +790,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -859,6 +895,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.purchaseOptions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.purchaseOptions.html index bd95fef25d..c4ef4f2b81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.purchaseOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.onetimeproducts.purchaseOptions.html @@ -229,6 +229,12 @@Method Details
"taxAndComplianceSettings": { # Details about taxation, Google Play policy and legal compliance for one-time products. # Details about taxes and legal compliance. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this one-time product is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the one-time product. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the product. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "regionalTaxConfigs": [ # Regional tax configuration. { # Details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html index 50a9794975..911e75d116 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.basePlans.html @@ -207,6 +207,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -384,6 +390,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -508,6 +520,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html index 4cffe19113..5ecf0077b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.subscriptions.html @@ -211,6 +211,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -319,6 +325,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -429,6 +441,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -533,6 +551,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -640,6 +664,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -740,6 +770,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -860,6 +896,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -971,6 +1013,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -1088,6 +1136,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. @@ -1194,6 +1248,12 @@Method Details
"eeaWithdrawalRightType": "A String", # Digital content or service classification for products distributed to users in the European Economic Area (EEA). The withdrawal regime under EEA consumer laws depends on this classification. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/10463498) for more information. "isTokenizedDigitalAsset": True or False, # Whether this subscription is declared as a product representing a tokenized digital asset. "productTaxCategoryCode": "A String", # Product tax category code to assign to the subscription. Product tax category determines the transaction tax rates applied to the subscription. Refer to the [Help Center article](https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/16408159) for more information. + "regionalProductAgeRatingInfos": [ # Regional age rating information. Currently this field is only supported for region code `US`. + { # Details about the age rating for a specific geographic region. + "productAgeRatingTier": "A String", # The age rating tier of a product for the given region. + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code this configuration applies to, as defined by ISO 3166-2, e.g. "US". + }, + ], "taxRateInfoByRegionCode": { # A mapping from region code to tax rate details. The keys are region codes as defined by Unicode's "CLDR". "a_key": { # Specified details about taxation in a given geographical region. "eligibleForStreamingServiceTaxRate": True or False, # You must tell us if your app contains streaming products to correctly charge US state and local sales tax. Field only supported in the United States. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html index cb9ed280ea..e96e43344d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html @@ -316,7 +316,10 @@Method Details
], "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid. "billingType": "A String", # Optional. Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing). - "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Use `ca_certificates` instead. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificates": [ # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificates for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. Multiple certificates are used to support certificate rotation. + "A String", + ], "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Optional. Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Time that the Apigee organization was created in milliseconds since epoch. "customerName": "A String", # Not used by Apigee. @@ -466,7 +469,10 @@Method Details
], "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid. "billingType": "A String", # Optional. Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing). - "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Use `ca_certificates` instead. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificates": [ # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificates for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. Multiple certificates are used to support certificate rotation. + "A String", + ], "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Optional. Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Time that the Apigee organization was created in milliseconds since epoch. "customerName": "A String", # Not used by Apigee. @@ -847,7 +853,10 @@Method Details
], "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid. "billingType": "A String", # Optional. Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing). - "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Use `ca_certificates` instead. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificates": [ # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificates for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. Multiple certificates are used to support certificate rotation. + "A String", + ], "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Optional. Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Time that the Apigee organization was created in milliseconds since epoch. "customerName": "A String", # Not used by Apigee. @@ -922,7 +931,10 @@Method Details
], "authorizedNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Compute Engine network used for Service Networking to be peered with Apigee runtime instances. See [Getting started with the Service Networking API](https://cloud.google.com/service-infrastructure/docs/service-networking/getting-started). Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is set to `CLOUD`. The value must be set before the creation of a runtime instance and can be updated only when there are no runtime instances. For example: `default`. When changing authorizedNetwork, you must reconfigure VPC peering. After VPC peering with previous network is deleted, [run the following command](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/vpc-peerings/delete): `gcloud services vpc-peerings delete --network=NETWORK`, where `NETWORK` is the name of the previous network. This will delete the previous Service Networking. Otherwise, you will get the following error: `The resource 'projects/...-tp' is already linked to another shared VPC host 'projects/...-tp`. Apigee also supports shared VPC (that is, the host network project is not the same as the one that is peering with Apigee). See [Shared VPC overview](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc). To use a shared VPC network, use the following format: `projects/{host-project-id}/{region}/networks/{network-name}`. For example: `projects/my-sharedvpc-host/global/networks/mynetwork` **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid. "billingType": "A String", # Optional. Billing type of the Apigee organization. See [Apigee pricing](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/pricing). - "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: Use `ca_certificates` instead. Base64-encoded public certificate for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. + "caCertificates": [ # Output only. Base64-encoded public certificates for the root CA of the Apigee organization. Valid only when [RuntimeType](#RuntimeType) is `CLOUD`. Multiple certificates are used to support certificate rotation. + "A String", + ], "controlPlaneEncryptionKeyName": "A String", # Optional. Cloud KMS key name used for encrypting control plane data that is stored in a multi region. Only used for the data residency region "US" or "EU". If not specified or [BillingType](#BillingType) is `EVALUATION`, a Google-Managed encryption key will be used. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*` "createdAt": "A String", # Output only. Time that the Apigee organization was created in milliseconds since epoch. "customerName": "A String", # Not used by Apigee. diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d87522e25c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + +Google Workspace Marketplace API . customerLicense
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None)Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2185a65992 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app. + +Args: + applicationId: string, Application Id (required) + customerId: string, Customer Id (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "applicationId": "A String", # The ID of the application corresponding to this license query. + "customerId": "A String", # The domain name of the customer. + "editions": [ # (Deprecated) + { + "assignedSeats": 42, # (Deprecated) + "editionId": "A String", # (Deprecated) + "seatCount": 42, # (Deprecated) + }, + ], + "id": "A String", # The ID of the customer license. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#customerLicense. + "state": "A String", # The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license: either this customer has never installed your application, or else has deleted it. +}+Google Workspace Marketplace API
+Instance Methods
+ +Returns the customerLicense Resource.
+ ++
+userLicense()+Returns the userLicense Resource.
+ ++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26d14012c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +new_batch_http_request()+Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. + + Args: + callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the + form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the + request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The + third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP + error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error + occurred. + + Returns: + A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. ++Google Workspace Marketplace API . userLicense
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None)Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html index b71cb909b7..11ca35466a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlanAssociations.html @@ -115,11 +115,13 @@get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app. + +Args: + applicationId: string, Application Id (required) + userId: string, User Id (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "applicationId": "A String", # The ID of the application corresponding to the license query. + "customerId": "A String", # The domain name of the user. + "editionId": "A String", # (Deprecated) + "enabled": True or False, # The domain administrator has activated the application for this domain. + "id": "A String", # The ID of user license. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#userLicense. + "state": "A String", # The user's licensing status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The user has a valid license and should be permitted to use the application. - `UNLICENSED`: The administrator of this user's domain never assigned a seat for the application to this user. - `EXPIRED`: The administrator assigned a seat to this user, but the license is expired. + "userId": "A String", # The email address of the user. +}+Method Details
Create a BackupPlanAssociation Args: - parent: string, Required. The backup plan association project and location in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud BackupDR locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) + parent: string, Required. The backup plan association project and location in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Backup and DR locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc + "alloydbClusterBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Properties for an AlloyDB cluster backup plan association. # Output only. AlloyDB cluster's backup plan association properties. + }, "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly revision ID of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Example: v0, v1, v2, etc. "backupPlanRevisionName": "A String", # Output only. The resource id of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}/revisions/{revision_id}` @@ -128,6 +130,9 @@Method Details
}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource} + "filestoreInstanceBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Filestore instance's BPA properties. # Output only. Filestore instance's backup plan association properties. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which the backup plan is applied. The format can either be the resource name (e.g., "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance") or the full resource URI (e.g., "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance"). "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied @@ -228,7 +233,7 @@Method Details
orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * name pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of BackupPlanAssociations to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 BackupPlanAssociations will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous call of `FetchBackupPlanAssociationsForResourceType`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `FetchBackupPlanAssociationsForResourceType` must match the call that provided the page token. - resourceType: string, Required. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: sql.googleapis.com/Instance + resourceType: string, Required. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: sql.googleapis.com/Instance x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -240,6 +245,8 @@Method Details
{ # Response for the FetchBackupPlanAssociationsForResourceType method. "backupPlanAssociations": [ # Output only. The BackupPlanAssociations from the specified parent. { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc + "alloydbClusterBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Properties for an AlloyDB cluster backup plan association. # Output only. AlloyDB cluster's backup plan association properties. + }, "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly revision ID of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Example: v0, v1, v2, etc. "backupPlanRevisionName": "A String", # Output only. The resource id of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}/revisions/{revision_id}` @@ -248,6 +255,9 @@Method Details
}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource} + "filestoreInstanceBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Filestore instance's BPA properties. # Output only. Filestore instance's backup plan association properties. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which the backup plan is applied. The format can either be the resource name (e.g., "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance") or the full resource URI (e.g., "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance"). "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied @@ -304,6 +314,8 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc + "alloydbClusterBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Properties for an AlloyDB cluster backup plan association. # Output only. AlloyDB cluster's backup plan association properties. + }, "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly revision ID of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Example: v0, v1, v2, etc. "backupPlanRevisionName": "A String", # Output only. The resource id of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}/revisions/{revision_id}` @@ -312,6 +324,9 @@Method Details
}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource} + "filestoreInstanceBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Filestore instance's BPA properties. # Output only. Filestore instance's backup plan association properties. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which the backup plan is applied. The format can either be the resource name (e.g., "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance") or the full resource URI (e.g., "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance"). "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied @@ -341,7 +356,7 @@Method Details
Lists BackupPlanAssociations in a given project and location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup Plan Associations information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud BackupDR, locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-central1**. To retrieve backup plan associations for all locations, use "-" for the `{location}` value. (required) + parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup Plan Associations information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. To retrieve backup plan associations for all locations, use "-" for the `{location}` value. (required) filter: string, Optional. Filtering results pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return. @@ -356,6 +371,8 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for List BackupPlanAssociation "backupPlanAssociations": [ # The list of Backup Plan Associations in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is "-", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. In case any location is unreachable, the response will only return backup plan associations in reachable locations and the 'unreachable' field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations. { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc + "alloydbClusterBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Properties for an AlloyDB cluster backup plan association. # Output only. AlloyDB cluster's backup plan association properties. + }, "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly revision ID of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Example: v0, v1, v2, etc. "backupPlanRevisionName": "A String", # Output only. The resource id of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}/revisions/{revision_id}` @@ -364,6 +381,9 @@Method Details
}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource} + "filestoreInstanceBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Filestore instance's BPA properties. # Output only. Filestore instance's backup plan association properties. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which the backup plan is applied. The format can either be the resource name (e.g., "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance") or the full resource URI (e.g., "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance"). "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied @@ -418,6 +438,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # A BackupPlanAssociation represents a single BackupPlanAssociation which contains details like workload, backup plan etc + "alloydbClusterBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Properties for an AlloyDB cluster backup plan association. # Output only. AlloyDB cluster's backup plan association properties. + }, "backupPlan": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup plan which needs to be applied on workload. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # Output only. The user friendly revision ID of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Example: v0, v1, v2, etc. "backupPlanRevisionName": "A String", # Output only. The resource id of the `BackupPlanRevision`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}/revisions/{revision_id}` @@ -426,6 +448,9 @@Method Details
}, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. "dataSource": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of data source which will be used as storage location for backups taken. Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource} + "filestoreInstanceBackupPlanAssociationProperties": { # Filestore instance's BPA properties. # Output only. Filestore instance's backup plan association properties. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of BackupPlanAssociation in below format Format : projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlanAssociations/{backupPlanAssociationId} "resource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource name of workload on which the backup plan is applied. The format can either be the resource name (e.g., "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance") or the full resource URI (e.g., "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance"). "resourceType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Resource type of workload on which backupplan is applied diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index d6c304fd93..d830df2751 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@Method Details
Create a BackupPlan Args: - parent: string, Required. The `BackupPlan` project and location in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud BackupDR locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) + parent: string, Required. The `BackupPlan` project and location in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. In Google Cloud Backup and DR locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". @@ -253,8 +253,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -276,14 +276,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@Method Details
Lists BackupPlans in a given project and location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve `BackupPlans` information. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud BackupDR, locations map to GCP regions, for e.g. **us-central1**. To retrieve backup plans for all locations, use "-" for the `{location}` value. (required) + parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve `BackupPlans` information. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. In Google Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. To retrieve backup plans for all locations, use "-" for the `{location}` value. (required) filter: string, Optional. Field match expression used to filter the results. orderBy: string, Optional. Field by which to sort the results. pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of `BackupPlans` to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -347,14 +347,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -427,14 +427,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html index 17b3c6cf22..2e47d0658b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.revisions.html @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -137,14 +137,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@Method Details
Lists BackupPlanRevisions in a given project and location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve `BackupPlanRevisions` information. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}`. In Cloud BackupDR, locations map to GCP regions, for e.g. **us-central1**. (required) + parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve `BackupPlanRevisions` information. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}`. In Google Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of `BackupPlans` to return in a single response. If not specified, a default value will be chosen by the service. Note that the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on the response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried. pageToken: string, Optional. The value of next_page_token received from a previous `ListBackupPlans` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page in a multi-page list of results. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListBackupPlans` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@Method Details
"ruleId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unique id of this `BackupRule`. The `rule_id` is unique per `BackupPlan`.The `rule_id` must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens. Pattern, /a-z{,62}/. "standardSchedule": { # `StandardSchedule` defines a schedule that run within the confines of a defined window of days. We can define recurrence type for schedule as HOURLY, DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY or YEARLY. # Optional. Defines a schedule that runs within the confines of a defined window of time. "backupWindow": { # `BackupWindow` defines a window of the day during which backup jobs will run. # Required. A BackupWindow defines the window of day during which backup jobs will run. Jobs are queued at the beginning of the window and will be marked as `NOT_RUN` if they do not start by the end of the window. Note: running jobs will not be cancelled at the end of the window. - "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for e.g. if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. - "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for e.g. if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. + "endHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (1-24) when the window end for example if value of end hour of day is 10 that mean backup window end time is 10:00. End hour of day should be greater than start hour of day. 0 <= start_hour_of_day < end_hour_of_day <= 24 End hour of day is not include in backup window that mean if end_hour_of_day= 10 jobs should start before 10:00. + "startHourOfDay": 42, # Required. The hour of day (0-23) when the window starts for example if value of start hour of day is 6 that mean backup window start at 6:00. }, "daysOfMonth": [ # Optional. Specifies days of months like 1, 5, or 14 on which jobs will run. Values for `days_of_month` are only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. 42, @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "recurrenceType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the `RecurrenceType` for the schedule. - "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For e.g., Europe/Paris. + "timeZone": "A String", # Required. The time zone to be used when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the IANA tz database. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones for the list of valid timezone names. For example, Europe/Paris. "weekDayOfMonth": { # `WeekDayOfMonth` defines the week day of the month on which the backups will run. The message combines a `WeekOfMonth` and `DayOfWeek` to produce values like `FIRST`/`MONDAY` or `LAST`/`FRIDAY`. # Optional. Specifies a week day of the month like, FIRST SUNDAY or LAST MONDAY, on which jobs will run. This will be specified by two fields in `WeekDayOfMonth`, one for the day, e.g. `MONDAY`, and one for the week, e.g. `LAST`. This field is only applicable for `recurrence_type`, `MONTHLY` and `YEARLY`. A validation error will occur if other values are supplied. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Specifies the day of the week. "weekOfMonth": "A String", # Required. Specifies the week of the month. @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@Method Details
}, ], "backupVault": "A String", # Required. Resource name of backup vault which will be used as storage location for backups. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault} - "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. + "backupVaultServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The Google Cloud service account to be used by the BackupVault for taking backups. Specify the email address of the Backup Vault Service Account. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the `BackupPlan` was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the `BackupPlan` resource. The description allows for additional details about `BackupPlan` and its use cases to be provided. An example description is the following: "This is a backup plan that performs a daily backup at 6pm and retains data for 3 months". The description must be at most 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Optional. `etag` is returned from the service in the response. As a user of the service, you may provide an etag value in this field to prevent stale resources. "labels": { # Optional. This collection of key/value pairs allows for custom labels to be supplied by the user. Example, {"tag": "Weekly"}. "a_key": "A String", }, - "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for CloudSQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. + "logRetentionDays": "A String", # Optional. Applicable only for Cloud SQL resource_type. Configures how long logs will be stored. It is defined in “days”. This value should be greater than or equal to minimum enforced log retention duration of the backup vault. "maxCustomOnDemandRetentionDays": 42, # Optional. Optional field to configure the maximum number of days for which a backup can be retained. This field is only applicable for on-demand backups taken with custom retention value. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the `BackupPlan`. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backup_plan}` "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the `BackupPlan` will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance", "sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance", "alloydb.googleapis.com/Cluster", "compute.googleapis.com/Disk". diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html index 83a19a46bd..c14dfa1f61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@Method Details
orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * name pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of Backups to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 Backups will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous call of `FetchBackupsForResourceType`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `FetchBackupsForResourceType` must match the call that provided the page token. - resourceType: string, Required. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance + resourceType: string, Required. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: sqladmin.googleapis.com/Instance view: string, Optional. This parameter is used to specify the view of the backup. If not specified, the default view is BASIC. Allowed values BACKUP_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - If the value is not set, the default 'FULL' view is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html index dc359cdf66..aa14c3893d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * name pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of DataSourceReferences to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 DataSourceReferences will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous call of `FetchDataSourceReferencesForResourceType`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `FetchDataSourceReferencesForResourceType` must match the call that provided the page token. - resourceType: string, Required. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: sql.googleapis.com/Instance + resourceType: string, Required. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: sql.googleapis.com/Instance x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -128,16 +128,16 @@Method Details
}, "dataSourceBackupConfigState": "A String", # Output only. The backup configuration state of the DataSource. "dataSourceBackupCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of backups in the DataSource. - "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. + "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. "cloudSqlInstanceProperties": { # CloudSqlInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Cloud SQL resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. # Output only. The properties of the Cloud SQL instance. "databaseInstalledVersion": "A String", # Output only. The installed database version of the Cloud SQL instance. "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. "instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, - "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the GCP resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} - "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the GCP resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" - "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance + "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} + "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the DataSourceReference. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataSourceReferences/{data_source_reference} "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources for the referenced datasource. @@ -184,16 +184,16 @@Method Details
}, "dataSourceBackupConfigState": "A String", # Output only. The backup configuration state of the DataSource. "dataSourceBackupCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of backups in the DataSource. - "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. + "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. "cloudSqlInstanceProperties": { # CloudSqlInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Cloud SQL resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. # Output only. The properties of the Cloud SQL instance. "databaseInstalledVersion": "A String", # Output only. The installed database version of the Cloud SQL instance. "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. "instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, - "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the GCP resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} - "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the GCP resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" - "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance + "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} + "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the DataSourceReference. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataSourceReferences/{data_source_reference} "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources for the referenced datasource. @@ -229,16 +229,16 @@Method Details
}, "dataSourceBackupConfigState": "A String", # Output only. The backup configuration state of the DataSource. "dataSourceBackupCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of backups in the DataSource. - "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The GCP resource that the DataSource is associated with. + "dataSourceGcpResourceInfo": { # The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. # Output only. The Google Cloud resource that the DataSource is associated with. "cloudSqlInstanceProperties": { # CloudSqlInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Cloud SQL resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. # Output only. The properties of the Cloud SQL instance. "databaseInstalledVersion": "A String", # Output only. The installed database version of the Cloud SQL instance. "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. "instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, - "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the GCP resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} - "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the GCP resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" - "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the GCP resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance + "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} + "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" + "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the DataSourceReference. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataSourceReferences/{data_source_reference} "totalStoredBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the storage used by all backup resources for the referenced datasource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.managementServers.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.managementServers.html index 40d25af11a..08c88b76ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.managementServers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.managementServers.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@Method Details
"peeringMode": "A String", # Optional. The network connect mode of the ManagementServer instance. For this version, only PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS is supported. }, ], - "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the BackupDR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). + "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the Backup and DR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The ManagementServer state. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@Method Details
"peeringMode": "A String", # Optional. The network connect mode of the ManagementServer instance. For this version, only PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS is supported. }, ], - "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the BackupDR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). + "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the Backup and DR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The ManagementServer state. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@Method Details
Lists ManagementServers in a given project and location. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve management servers information, in the format 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Cloud BackupDR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. To retrieve management servers for all locations, use "-" for the '{location}' value. (required) + parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve management servers information, in the format 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Google Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. To retrieve management servers for all locations, use "-" for the '{location}' value. (required) filter: string, Optional. Filtering results. orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@Method Details
"peeringMode": "A String", # Optional. The network connect mode of the ManagementServer instance. For this version, only PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS is supported. }, ], - "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the BackupDR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). + "oauth2ClientId": "A String", # Output only. The OAuth 2.0 client id is required to make API calls to the Backup and DR instance API of this ManagementServer. This is the value that should be provided in the 'aud' field of the OIDC ID Token (see openid specification https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken). "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The ManagementServer state. @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@Method Details
Returns the Assured Workloads compliance metadata for a given project. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project and location to be used to check CSS metadata for target project information, in the format 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Cloud BackupDR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) + parent: string, Required. The project and location to be used to check CSS metadata for target project information, in the format 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Google Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # Response message for GetMsComplianceMetadata - "isAssuredWorkload": True or False, # The ms compliance metadata of the target project, if the project is an assured workloads project, values will be true, otherwise false. + "isAssuredWorkload": True or False, # The ms compliance metadata of the target project, if the project is an Assured Workloads project, values will be true, otherwise false. }
Lists ResourceBackupConfigs.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve resource backup configs. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve resource backup configs. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. In Google Cloud Backup and DR, locations map to Google Cloud regions, for example **us-central1**. (required)
filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will use 100 as default. Maximum value is 500 and values above 500 will be coerced to 500.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Method Details
"applicableResource": "A String", # Output only. The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of the resource that is applicable for the backup configuration. Example: "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}"
"backupConfigSource": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the backup config source resource. For example, "//backupdr.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{region}/backupPlans/{backupplanId}" or "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicyId}".
"backupConfigSourceDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the backup config source resource.
- "backupDrPlanConfig": { # BackupDrPlanConfig has additional information about Backup and DR's Plan backup configuration. # Backup and DR's Backup Plan specific data.
+ "backupDrPlanConfig": { # BackupDrPlanConfig has additional information about Google Cloud Backup and DR's Plan backup configuration. # Google Cloud Backup and DR's Backup Plan specific data.
"backupDrPlanRules": [ # Backup rules of the backup plan resource.
{ # BackupDrPlanRule has rule specific information of the backup plan resource.
"lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest successful backup created via this backup rule.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Method Details
},
],
},
- "backupDrTemplateConfig": { # BackupDrTemplateConfig has additional information about Backup and DR's Template backup configuration. # Backup and DR's Template specific data.
+ "backupDrTemplateConfig": { # Provides additional information about Google Cloud Backup and DR's Template backup configuration. # Google Cloud Backup and DR's Template specific data.
"firstPartyManagementUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the BackupDr template resource for the first party identity users.
"thirdPartyManagementUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the BackupDr template resource for the third party identity users.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html
index f2763c64ef..624bfad996 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.serviceConfig.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Method Details
"cloudSqlInstanceInitializationConfig": { # CloudSqlInstanceInitializationConfig contains the configuration for initializing a Cloud SQL instance. # Optional. The configuration for initializing a Cloud SQL instance.
"edition": "A String", # Required. The edition of the Cloud SQL instance.
},
- "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+ "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
"resourceType": "A String", # Required. The resource type to which the default service config will be applied. Examples include, "compute.googleapis.com/Instance" and "storage.googleapis.com/Bucket".
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
index 95141f8121..6791dd81f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
@@ -439,17 +439,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -1953,17 +1961,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -3555,17 +3571,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -5040,17 +5064,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -6548,17 +6580,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
index 4a16a5b953..06d6842fb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
@@ -208,17 +208,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -705,17 +713,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -1143,17 +1159,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -1689,17 +1713,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -2128,17 +2160,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -2685,17 +2725,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
@@ -3124,17 +3172,25 @@ Method Details
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column family.
"columns": [ # Optional. Lists of columns that should be exposed as individual fields as opposed to a list of (column name, value) pairs. All columns whose qualifier matches a qualifier in this list can be accessed as `.`. Other columns can be accessed as a list through the `.Column` field.
{ # Information related to a Bigtable column.
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. 'encoding' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'encoding' is set at both levels.
"fieldName": "A String", # Optional. If the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as the column field name and is used as field name in queries.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set, only the latest version of value in this column are exposed. 'onlyReadLatest' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'onlyReadLatest' is set at both levels.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"qualifierEncoded": "A String", # [Required] Qualifier of the column. Columns in the parent column family that has this exact qualifier are exposed as `.` field. If the qualifier is valid UTF-8 string, it can be specified in the qualifier_string field. Otherwise, a base-64 encoded value must be set to qualifier_encoded. The column field name is the same as the column qualifier. However, if the qualifier is not a valid BigQuery field identifier i.e. does not match a-zA-Z*, a valid identifier must be provided as field_name.
"qualifierString": "A String", # Qualifier string.
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. 'type' can also be set at the column family level. However, the setting at this level takes precedence if 'type' is set at both levels.
},
],
- "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
+ "encoding": "A String", # Optional. The encoding of the values when the type is not STRING. Acceptable encoding values are: TEXT - indicates values are alphanumeric text strings. BINARY - indicates values are encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes family of functions. PROTO_BINARY - indicates values are encoded using serialized proto messages. This can only be used in combination with JSON type. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying an encoding for it.
"familyId": "A String", # Identifier of the column family.
"onlyReadLatest": True or False, # Optional. If this is set only the latest version of value are exposed for all columns in this column family. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a different setting for that column.
+ "protoConfig": { # Information related to a Bigtable protobuf column. # Optional. Protobuf-specific configurations, only takes effect when the encoding is PROTO_BINARY.
+ "protoMessageName": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified proto message name of the protobuf. In the format of "foo.bar.Message".
+ "schemaBundleId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the Bigtable SchemaBundle resource associated with this protobuf. The ID should be referred to within the parent table, e.g., `foo` rather than `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/schemaBundles/foo`. See [more details on Bigtable SchemaBundles](https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/create-manage-protobuf-schemas).
+ },
"type": "A String", # Optional. The type to convert the value in cells of this column family. The values are expected to be encoded using HBase Bytes.toBytes function when using the BINARY encoding value. Following BigQuery types are allowed (case-sensitive): * BYTES * STRING * INTEGER * FLOAT * BOOLEAN * JSON Default type is BYTES. This can be overridden for a specific column by listing that column in 'columns' and specifying a type for it.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index e9bfe840cc..adfc47aa3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -5879,7 +5879,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -8834,7 +8834,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -11777,7 +11777,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -14725,7 +14725,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -17656,7 +17656,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -20587,7 +20587,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -23518,7 +23518,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
index dbcf83e4e0..2e135de889 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html
@@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -5983,7 +5983,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -8909,7 +8909,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -11833,7 +11833,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -14755,7 +14755,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -17677,7 +17677,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -21016,7 +21016,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -23942,7 +23942,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -26868,7 +26868,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -29792,7 +29792,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -32714,7 +32714,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
@@ -35636,7 +35636,7 @@ Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched.
},
"name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the message. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` Where `{space}` is the ID of the space where the message is posted and `{message}` is a system-assigned ID for the message. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB`. If you set a custom ID when you create a message, you can use this ID to specify the message in a request by replacing `{message}` with the value from the `clientAssignedMessageId` field. For example, `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/client-custom-name`. For details, see [Name a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#name_a_created_message).
- "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) * [Accessory widgets](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Message.AccessoryWidget) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
+ "privateMessageViewer": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # Optional. Immutable. Input for creating a message, otherwise output only. The user that can view the message. When set, the message is private and only visible to the specified user and the Chat app. To include this field in your request, you must call the Chat API using [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and omit the following: * [Attachments](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments) For details, see [Send a message privately](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#private).
"displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name.
"domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.
"isAnonymous": True or False, # Output only. When `true`, the user is deleted or their profile is not visible.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html
index 879b15c234..9e3381d3e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html
@@ -217,6 +217,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -293,6 +294,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -394,6 +396,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -525,6 +528,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -620,6 +624,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -697,6 +702,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -775,6 +781,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
@@ -851,6 +858,7 @@ Method Details
"ownerId": "A String", # The identifier of the owner of a course. When specified as a parameter of a create course request, this field is required. The identifier can be one of the following: * the numeric identifier for the user * the email address of the user * the string literal `"me"`, indicating the requesting user This must be set in a create request. Admins can also specify this field in a patch course request to transfer ownership. In other contexts, it is read-only.
"room": "A String", # Optional room location. For example, "301". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 650 characters.
"section": "A String", # Section of the course. For example, "Period 2". If set, this field must be a valid UTF-8 string and no longer than 2800 characters.
+ "subject": "A String", # Optional. The subject of the course.
"teacherFolder": { # Representation of a Google Drive folder. # Information about a Drive Folder that is shared with all teachers of the course. This field will only be set for teachers of the course and domain administrators. Read-only.
"alternateLink": "A String", # URL that can be used to access the Drive folder. Read-only.
"id": "A String", # Drive API resource ID.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
index a18ee02f1c..72bc9313e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Method Details
An object of the form:
{ # The default service account used for `Builds`.
- "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/defaultServiceAccount
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/defaultServiceAccount`.
"serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the service account identity that will be used for a build by default. This is returned in the format `projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{service_account}` where `{service_account}` could be the legacy Cloud Build SA, in the format [PROJECT_NUMBER]@cloudbuild.gserviceaccount.com or the Compute SA, in the format [PROJECT_NUMBER]-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com. If no service account will be used by default, this will be empty.
}
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
index 52212a9647..79308f2ee1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -1746,6 +1746,12 @@ Returns the operations Resource.
+
+ singleTenantHsmInstances()
+
Returns the singleTenantHsmInstances Resource.
+Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.singleTenantHsmInstances.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.singleTenantHsmInstances.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..480b99a2eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.singleTenantHsmInstances.html @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ + + + +
+ proposals()
+
Returns the proposals Resource.
+ +
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, singleTenantHsmInstanceId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new SingleTenantHsmInstance in a given Project and Location. User must create a RegisterTwoFactorAuthKeys proposal with this single-tenant HSM instance to finish setup of the instance.
+ +Returns metadata for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ +Lists SingleTenantHsmInstances.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
create(parent, body=None, singleTenantHsmInstanceId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new SingleTenantHsmInstance in a given Project and Location. User must create a RegisterTwoFactorAuthKeys proposal with this single-tenant HSM instance to finish setup of the instance.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the location associated with the SingleTenantHsmInstance, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A SingleTenantHsmInstance represents a single-tenant HSM instance. It can be used for creating CryptoKeys with a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, as well as performing cryptographic operations using keys created within the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was created.
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was deleted.
+ "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance will be automatically disabled if not refreshed. This field is updated upon creation and after each successful refresh operation and enable. A RefreshSingleTenantHsmInstance operation must be made via a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal before this time otherwise the SingleTenantHsmInstance will become disabled.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`.
+ "quorumAuth": { # Configuration for M of N quorum auth. # Required. The quorum auth configuration for the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. The M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "totalApproverCount": 42, # Required. The total number of approvers. This is the N value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 16.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "unrefreshedDurationUntilDisable": "A String", # Output only. The system-defined duration that an instance can remain unrefreshed until it is automatically disabled. This will have a value of 120 days.
+}
+
+ singleTenantHsmInstanceId: string, Optional. It must be unique within a location and match the regular expression `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]{1,63}`.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns metadata for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstance to get. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A SingleTenantHsmInstance represents a single-tenant HSM instance. It can be used for creating CryptoKeys with a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, as well as performing cryptographic operations using keys created within the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was created.
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was deleted.
+ "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance will be automatically disabled if not refreshed. This field is updated upon creation and after each successful refresh operation and enable. A RefreshSingleTenantHsmInstance operation must be made via a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal before this time otherwise the SingleTenantHsmInstance will become disabled.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`.
+ "quorumAuth": { # Configuration for M of N quorum auth. # Required. The quorum auth configuration for the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. The M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "totalApproverCount": 42, # Required. The total number of approvers. This is the N value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 16.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "unrefreshedDurationUntilDisable": "A String", # Output only. The system-defined duration that an instance can remain unrefreshed until it is automatically disabled. This will have a value of 120 days.
+}
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists SingleTenantHsmInstances.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the location associated with the SingleTenantHsmInstances to list, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Only include resources that match the filter in the response. For more information, see [Sorting and filtering list results](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/sorting-and-filtering).
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specify how the results should be sorted. If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order. For more information, see [Sorting and filtering list results](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/sorting-and-filtering).
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. Optional limit on the number of SingleTenantHsmInstances to include in the response. Further SingleTenantHsmInstances can subsequently be obtained by including the ListSingleTenantHsmInstancesResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListSingleTenantHsmInstancesResponse.next_page_token.
+ showDeleted: boolean, Optional. If set to true, HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstances will also return SingleTenantHsmInstances in DELETED state.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstances.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass this value in ListSingleTenantHsmInstancesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.
+ "singleTenantHsmInstances": [ # The list of SingleTenantHsmInstances.
+ { # A SingleTenantHsmInstance represents a single-tenant HSM instance. It can be used for creating CryptoKeys with a ProtectionLevel of HSM_SINGLE_TENANT, as well as performing cryptographic operations using keys created within the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was created.
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstance was deleted.
+ "disableTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance will be automatically disabled if not refreshed. This field is updated upon creation and after each successful refresh operation and enable. A RefreshSingleTenantHsmInstance operation must be made via a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal before this time otherwise the SingleTenantHsmInstance will become disabled.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`.
+ "quorumAuth": { # Configuration for M of N quorum auth. # Required. The quorum auth configuration for the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. The M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "totalApproverCount": 42, # Required. The total number of approvers. This is the N value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 3 and less than or equal to 16.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "unrefreshedDurationUntilDisable": "A String", # Output only. The system-defined duration that an instance can remain unrefreshed until it is automatically disabled. This will have a value of 120 days.
+ },
+ ],
+ "totalSize": 42, # The total number of SingleTenantHsmInstances that matched the query. This field is not populated if ListSingleTenantHsmInstancesRequest.filter is applied.
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
+ approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Approves a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance. The proposal must be in the PENDING state.
+
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, singleTenantHsmInstanceProposalId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ +Deletes a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+
+ execute(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Executes a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance. The proposal must be in the APPROVED state.
+ +Returns metadata for a given SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ +Lists SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Approves a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance. The proposal must be in the PENDING state.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal to approve. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for HsmManagement.ApproveSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "quorumReply": { # The reply to QuorumParameters for approving the proposal. # Required. The reply to QuorumParameters for approving the proposal.
+ "challengeReplies": [ # Required. The challenge replies to approve the proposal. Challenge replies can be sent across multiple requests. The proposal will be approved when required_approver_count challenge replies are provided.
+ { # A reply to a challenge signed by a 2FA key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key.
+ "signedChallenge": "A String", # Required. The signed challenge associated with the 2FA key. The signature must be RSASSA-PKCS1 v1.5 with a SHA256 digest.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "requiredActionQuorumReply": { # The reply to RequiredActionQuorumParameters for approving the proposal. # Required. The reply to RequiredActionQuorumParameters for approving the proposal.
+ "quorumChallengeReplies": [ # Required. Quorum members' signed challenge replies. These can be provided across multiple requests. The proposal will be approved when required_approver_count quorum_challenge_replies are provided and when all required_challenge_replies are provided.
+ { # A reply to a challenge signed by a 2FA key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key.
+ "signedChallenge": "A String", # Required. The signed challenge associated with the 2FA key. The signature must be RSASSA-PKCS1 v1.5 with a SHA256 digest.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredChallengeReplies": [ # Required. All required challenges must be signed for the proposal to be approved. These can be sent across multiple requests.
+ { # A reply to a challenge signed by a 2FA key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key.
+ "signedChallenge": "A String", # Required. The signed challenge associated with the 2FA key. The signature must be RSASSA-PKCS1 v1.5 with a SHA256 digest.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for HsmManagement.ApproveSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+}
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
create(parent, body=None, singleTenantHsmInstanceProposalId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstance associated with the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal represents a proposal to perform an operation on a SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "addQuorumMember": { # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the new quorum member to add. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was created.
+ "deleteSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must not be in the DELETING or DELETED state to perform this operation. # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED or PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was deleted.
+ "disableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "enableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation. # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will expire if not approved and executed.
+ "failureReason": "A String", # Output only. The root cause of the most recent failure. Only present if state is FAILED.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*/proposals/*`.
+ "purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the soft-deleted SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will be permanently purged. This field is only populated when the state is DELETED and will be set a time after expiration of the proposal, i.e. >= expire_time or (create_time + ttl).
+ "quorumParameters": { # Parameters of quorum approval for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. # Output only. The quorum approval parameters for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "challenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ },
+ "refreshSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "registerTwoFactorAuthKeys": { # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation. # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all N Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Required. The required numbers of approvers to set for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Required. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "removeQuorumMember": { # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the quorum member to remove. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "requiredActionQuorumParameters": { # Parameters for an approval that has both required challenges and a quorum. # Output only. Parameters for an approval of a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal that has both required challenges and a quorum.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "quorumChallenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required number of quorum approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ "requiredChallenges": [ # Output only. A list of specific challenges that must be signed. For some operations, this will contain a single challenge.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. Proposals will expire after this duration.
+}
+
+ singleTenantHsmInstanceProposalId: string, Optional. It must be unique within a location and match the regular expression `[a-zA-Z0-9_-]{1,63}`.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal to delete. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+execute(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Executes a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal for a given SingleTenantHsmInstance. The proposal must be in the APPROVED state.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal to execute. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for HsmManagement.ExecuteSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns metadata for a given SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal to get. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal represents a proposal to perform an operation on a SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "addQuorumMember": { # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the new quorum member to add. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was created.
+ "deleteSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must not be in the DELETING or DELETED state to perform this operation. # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED or PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was deleted.
+ "disableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "enableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation. # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will expire if not approved and executed.
+ "failureReason": "A String", # Output only. The root cause of the most recent failure. Only present if state is FAILED.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*/proposals/*`.
+ "purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the soft-deleted SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will be permanently purged. This field is only populated when the state is DELETED and will be set a time after expiration of the proposal, i.e. >= expire_time or (create_time + ttl).
+ "quorumParameters": { # Parameters of quorum approval for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. # Output only. The quorum approval parameters for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "challenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ },
+ "refreshSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "registerTwoFactorAuthKeys": { # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation. # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all N Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Required. The required numbers of approvers to set for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Required. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "removeQuorumMember": { # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the quorum member to remove. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "requiredActionQuorumParameters": { # Parameters for an approval that has both required challenges and a quorum. # Output only. Parameters for an approval of a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal that has both required challenges and a quorum.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "quorumChallenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required number of quorum approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ "requiredChallenges": [ # Output only. A list of specific challenges that must be signed. For some operations, this will contain a single challenge.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. Proposals will expire after this duration.
+}
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The resource name of the location associated with the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals to list, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*`. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Only include resources that match the filter in the response. For more information, see [Sorting and filtering list results](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/sorting-and-filtering).
+ orderBy: string, Optional. Specify how the results should be sorted. If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order. For more information, see [Sorting and filtering list results](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/sorting-and-filtering).
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. Optional limit on the number of SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals to include in the response. Further SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals can subsequently be obtained by including the ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse.next_page_token.
+ showDeleted: boolean, Optional. If set to true, HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals will also return SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals in DELETED state.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass this value in ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.
+ "singleTenantHsmInstanceProposals": [ # The list of SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.
+ { # A SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal represents a proposal to perform an operation on a SingleTenantHsmInstance.
+ "addQuorumMember": { # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Add a quorum member to the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will increase the total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the new quorum member to add. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was created.
+ "deleteSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must not be in the DELETING or DELETED state to perform this operation. # Delete the SingleTenantHsmInstance. Deleting a SingleTenantHsmInstance will make all CryptoKeys attached to the SingleTenantHsmInstance unusable. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED or PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal was deleted.
+ "disableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Disable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "enableSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation. # Enable the SingleTenantHsmInstance. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the DISABLED state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "expireTime": "A String", # The time at which the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will expire if not approved and executed.
+ "failureReason": "A String", # Output only. The root cause of the most recent failure. Only present if state is FAILED.
+ "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name for this SingleTenantHsmInstance in the format `projects/*/locations/*/singleTenantHsmInstances/*/proposals/*`.
+ "purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the soft-deleted SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal will be permanently purged. This field is only populated when the state is DELETED and will be set a time after expiration of the proposal, i.e. >= expire_time or (create_time + ttl).
+ "quorumParameters": { # Parameters of quorum approval for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. # Output only. The quorum approval parameters for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "challenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required numbers of approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ },
+ "refreshSingleTenantHsmInstance": { # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Refreshes the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation must be performed periodically to keep the SingleTenantHsmInstance active. This operation must be performed before unrefreshed_duration_until_disable has passed. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ },
+ "registerTwoFactorAuthKeys": { # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation. # Register 2FA keys for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This operation requires all N Challenges to be signed by 2FA keys. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the PENDING_TWO_FACTOR_AUTH_REGISTRATION state to perform this operation.
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Required. The required numbers of approvers to set for the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. Must be greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to total_approver_count - 1.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Required. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys for M of N quorum auth. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "removeQuorumMember": { # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation. # Remove a quorum member from the SingleTenantHsmInstance. This will reduce total_approver_count by 1. The SingleTenantHsmInstance must be in the ACTIVE state to perform this operation.
+ "twoFactorPublicKeyPem": "A String", # Required. The public key associated with the 2FA key for the quorum member to remove. Public keys must be associated with RSA 2048 keys.
+ },
+ "requiredActionQuorumParameters": { # Parameters for an approval that has both required challenges and a quorum. # Output only. Parameters for an approval of a SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal that has both required challenges and a quorum.
+ "approvedTwoFactorPublicKeyPems": [ # Output only. The public keys associated with the 2FA keys that have already approved the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal by signing the challenge.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "quorumChallenges": [ # Output only. The challenges to be signed by 2FA keys for quorum auth. M of N of these challenges are required to be signed to approve the operation.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ "requiredApproverCount": 42, # Output only. The required number of quorum approvers. This is the M value used for M of N quorum auth. It is less than the number of public keys.
+ "requiredChallenges": [ # Output only. A list of specific challenges that must be signed. For some operations, this will contain a single challenge.
+ { # A challenge to be signed by a 2FA key.
+ "challenge": "A String", # Output only. The challenge to be signed by the 2FA key indicated by the public key.
+ "publicKeyPem": "A String", # Output only. The public key associated with the 2FA key that should sign the challenge.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal.
+ "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for the SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposal. Proposals will expire after this duration.
+ },
+ ],
+ "totalSize": 42, # The total number of SingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals that matched the query. This field is not populated if ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsRequest.filter is applied.
+}
+list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
get(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the specified CompositeHealthCheck resource in the given region.
+
+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the most recent health check results for this
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region
@@ -690,6 +693,34 @@getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional CompositeHealthCheck.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+ region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+ compositeHealthCheck: string, Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth
+ "healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states.
+ {
+ "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.
+ "source": "A String", # URL of the associated HealthSource resource.
+ },
+ ],
+ "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.
+}
+insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index dbfafb4a66..97413d4549 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -3781,6 +3781,117 @@Method Details
"effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. + { + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + # check. + "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + # has // RFC3339 // + # text format. + }, + }, + ], "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. @@ -3889,6 +4000,45 @@Method Details
# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -5492,6 +5642,117 @@Method Details
"effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. + { + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + # check. + "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + # has // RFC3339 // + # text format. + }, + }, + ], "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. @@ -5600,6 +5861,45 @@Method Details
# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -7560,6 +7860,117 @@Method Details
"effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. + { + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + # check. + "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + # has // RFC3339 // + # text format. + }, + }, + ], "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. @@ -7668,6 +8079,45 @@Method Details
# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -11119,6 +11569,117 @@Method Details
"effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. + { + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + # check. + "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + # has // RFC3339 // + # text format. + }, + }, + ], "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. @@ -11227,6 +11788,45 @@Method Details
# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -16612,6 +17212,117 @@Method Details
"effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. + { + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + # check. + "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + # has // RFC3339 // + # text format. + }, + }, + ], "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. @@ -16720,6 +17431,45 @@Method Details
# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigMembers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigMembers.html index e5eb5b1a51..998051dcec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigMembers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigMembers.html @@ -116,8 +116,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#multiMigMember", # Output only. Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#multiMigMember for a list of multi-MIG members. - "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The name of this multi-MIG member generated by - # Google Compute Engine. + "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined name for the multi-MIG member. "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the region where the multi-MIG resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this multi-MIG member @@ -234,8 +233,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#multiMigMember", # Output only. Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#multiMigMember for a list of multi-MIG members. - "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The name of this multi-MIG member generated by - # Google Compute Engine. + "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined name for the multi-MIG member. "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the region where the multi-MIG resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this multi-MIG member diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index c484515149..b628784b0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -1755,6 +1755,45 @@Method Details
# This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. + "rolloutOperation": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters and current status. # Configuration and status of the progressive rollout of this resource. + "rolloutInput": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters. # Input parameters to be used by the next not yet scheduled rollout. + "name": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan. Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/. + "predefinedRolloutPlan": "A String", # Predefined rollout plan. + "retryUuid": "A String", # The UUID of the retry action. Only needed if this is a retry for an + # existing rollout. This can be used after the user canceled a rollout + # and want to retry it with no changes. + }, + "rolloutStatus": { # Represents progressive rollout current status. # [Output only] Current status of the rollout. + "nextRollout": { # [Output only] The next rollout. + "rolloutId": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The id of the next rollout. + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan to be used by the next not yet started + # rollout. This field is auto populated based on RolloutInput when a + # new rollout is scheduled. This can be manually changed before the + # scheduled rollout starts. + # Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + }, + "ongoingRollouts": [ # [Output only] The ongoing rollout. + { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + ], + "previousRollout": { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either # [Output only] The last previously executed rollout. + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + }, + }, "ruleTupleCount": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall # policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. @@ -3420,6 +3459,45 @@Method Details
# This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. + "rolloutOperation": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters and current status. # Configuration and status of the progressive rollout of this resource. + "rolloutInput": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters. # Input parameters to be used by the next not yet scheduled rollout. + "name": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan. Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/. + "predefinedRolloutPlan": "A String", # Predefined rollout plan. + "retryUuid": "A String", # The UUID of the retry action. Only needed if this is a retry for an + # existing rollout. This can be used after the user canceled a rollout + # and want to retry it with no changes. + }, + "rolloutStatus": { # Represents progressive rollout current status. # [Output only] Current status of the rollout. + "nextRollout": { # [Output only] The next rollout. + "rolloutId": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The id of the next rollout. + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan to be used by the next not yet started + # rollout. This field is auto populated based on RolloutInput when a + # new rollout is scheduled. This can be manually changed before the + # scheduled rollout starts. + # Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + }, + "ongoingRollouts": [ # [Output only] The ongoing rollout. + { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + ], + "previousRollout": { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either # [Output only] The last previously executed rollout. + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + }, + }, "ruleTupleCount": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall # policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. @@ -4266,6 +4344,45 @@Method Details
# This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. + "rolloutOperation": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters and current status. # Configuration and status of the progressive rollout of this resource. + "rolloutInput": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters. # Input parameters to be used by the next not yet scheduled rollout. + "name": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan. Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/. + "predefinedRolloutPlan": "A String", # Predefined rollout plan. + "retryUuid": "A String", # The UUID of the retry action. Only needed if this is a retry for an + # existing rollout. This can be used after the user canceled a rollout + # and want to retry it with no changes. + }, + "rolloutStatus": { # Represents progressive rollout current status. # [Output only] Current status of the rollout. + "nextRollout": { # [Output only] The next rollout. + "rolloutId": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The id of the next rollout. + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan to be used by the next not yet started + # rollout. This field is auto populated based on RolloutInput when a + # new rollout is scheduled. This can be manually changed before the + # scheduled rollout starts. + # Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + }, + "ongoingRollouts": [ # [Output only] The ongoing rollout. + { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + ], + "previousRollout": { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either # [Output only] The last previously executed rollout. + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + }, + }, "ruleTupleCount": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall # policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. @@ -4795,6 +4912,45 @@Method Details
# This field is not applicable to global firewall policies. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. + "rolloutOperation": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters and current status. # Configuration and status of the progressive rollout of this resource. + "rolloutInput": { # Represents progressive rollout input parameters. # Input parameters to be used by the next not yet scheduled rollout. + "name": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan. Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/. + "predefinedRolloutPlan": "A String", # Predefined rollout plan. + "retryUuid": "A String", # The UUID of the retry action. Only needed if this is a retry for an + # existing rollout. This can be used after the user canceled a rollout + # and want to retry it with no changes. + }, + "rolloutStatus": { # Represents progressive rollout current status. # [Output only] Current status of the rollout. + "nextRollout": { # [Output only] The next rollout. + "rolloutId": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The id of the next rollout. + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # The name of the rollout plan to be used by the next not yet started + # rollout. This field is auto populated based on RolloutInput when a + # new rollout is scheduled. This can be manually changed before the + # scheduled rollout starts. + # Ex. + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + }, + "ongoingRollouts": [ # [Output only] The ongoing rollout. + { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + ], + "previousRollout": { # Represents the status of the progressive rollout instance, either # [Output only] The last previously executed rollout. + # completed or ongoing. + "rollout": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rollouts/ + "rolloutPlan": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The name of the rollout plan used by this rollout + # organizations//locations/global/rolloutPlans/ + "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The state of the rollout. + }, + }, + }, "ruleTupleCount": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] Total count of all firewall policy rule tuples. A firewall # policy can not exceed a set number of tuples. "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html index 64d1642b6b..b3293912f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html @@ -123,6 +123,32 @@Method Details
# RFC1035 @pattern [a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])? "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared slot. Set to empty + # to inherit share settings from a parent resource. + "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this + # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is + # DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. + # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. + "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. + "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the + # parent map. + # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. + }, + }, + "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when + # share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS. + "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings. + "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the + # parent map. + }, + }, + "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this + # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is + # SPECIFIC_PROJECTS. + "A String", + ], + "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation + }, "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] State of the reservation slot. "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the reservation slot. "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation subBlock. @@ -257,6 +283,32 @@Method Details
# RFC1035 @pattern [a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])? "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared slot. Set to empty + # to inherit share settings from a parent resource. + "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this + # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is + # DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. + # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. + "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. + "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the + # parent map. + # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. + }, + }, + "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when + # share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS. + "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings. + "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the + # parent map. + }, + }, + "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this + # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is + # SPECIFIC_PROJECTS. + "A String", + ], + "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation + }, "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] State of the reservation slot. "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the reservation slot. "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation subBlock. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html index fb1ea528a1..99826865ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html @@ -274,9 +274,11 @@Method Details
# as part of resource payload. "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the storage pool. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource - # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and - # values are in the format `tagValues/{tag_value_id}`. The field is ignored - # (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -805,9 +807,11 @@Method Details
# as part of resource payload. "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the storage pool. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource - # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and - # values are in the format `tagValues/{tag_value_id}`. The field is ignored - # (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -1328,9 +1332,11 @@Method Details
# as part of resource payload. "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the storage pool. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource - # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and - # values are in the format `tagValues/{tag_value_id}`. The field is ignored - # (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -1847,9 +1853,11 @@Method Details
# as part of resource payload. "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the storage pool. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource - # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and - # values are in the format `tagValues/{tag_value_id}`. The field is ignored - # (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. "a_key": "A String", }, }, @@ -3442,9 +3450,11 @@Method Details
# as part of resource payload. "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the storage pool. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource - # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and - # values are in the format `tagValues/{tag_value_id}`. The field is ignored - # (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. "a_key": "A String", }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html index 318212a891..262f2c4d90 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html @@ -459,6 +459,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the regionInstantSnapshots Resource.
+ +Returns the regionMultiMigMembers Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 100bc89dd5..98fe37484e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -968,6 +968,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -2382,6 +2383,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -3794,6 +3796,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -5203,6 +5206,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index eaf509a9e8..863fe4e250 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -723,6 +723,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -2282,6 +2283,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -4278,6 +4280,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -6838,6 +6841,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -9732,6 +9736,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -11370,6 +11375,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -21353,6 +21359,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -22825,6 +22832,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html index 69c729138e..ec17491f8b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html @@ -458,6 +458,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -911,6 +923,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -1361,6 +1385,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -2404,6 +2440,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index e7ce19df94..bf8e57fd5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -1133,6 +1133,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -1857,6 +1858,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -3158,6 +3160,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -3882,6 +3885,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -5176,6 +5180,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -5900,6 +5905,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html index 24b8719857..6c3143e89e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@Method Details
# purposes are supported. "A String", ], + "allowAddressCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether address creation is allowed. "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are # allowed. "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed. @@ -130,6 +131,7 @@Method Details
"allowIpForwarding": "A String", # Specifies whether IP forwarding is allowed. "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed. "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed. + "allowMultiNicInSameSubnetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same subnetwork is allowed. "allowMulticast": "A String", # Specifies whether multicast is allowed. "allowNcc": "A String", # Specifies whether NCC is allowed. "allowNetworkMigration": "A String", # Specifies whether VM network migration is allowed. @@ -139,6 +141,8 @@Method Details
"allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed. "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed. "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed. + "allowSubnetworkCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether subnetwork creation is allowed. + "allowVpcFirewallRules": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC firewall rules can be created under the network. "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed. "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed. "firewallPolicyTypes": [ @@ -149,6 +153,13 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "multicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of multicast is supported. + "predefinedNetworkInternalIpv6Range": "A String", # Specifies a predefined internal IPv6 range for the network. + "predefinedSubnetworkRanges": [ # Predefined subnetwork ranges for the network. + { + "ipv6Range": "A String", # The IPv6 range of the predefined subnetwork. + "namePrefix": "A String", # The naming prefix of the predefined subnetwork. + }, + ], "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported. "A String", ], @@ -293,6 +304,7 @@Method Details
# purposes are supported. "A String", ], + "allowAddressCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether address creation is allowed. "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are # allowed. "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed. @@ -307,6 +319,7 @@Method Details
"allowIpForwarding": "A String", # Specifies whether IP forwarding is allowed. "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed. "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed. + "allowMultiNicInSameSubnetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same subnetwork is allowed. "allowMulticast": "A String", # Specifies whether multicast is allowed. "allowNcc": "A String", # Specifies whether NCC is allowed. "allowNetworkMigration": "A String", # Specifies whether VM network migration is allowed. @@ -316,6 +329,8 @@Method Details
"allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed. "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed. "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed. + "allowSubnetworkCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether subnetwork creation is allowed. + "allowVpcFirewallRules": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC firewall rules can be created under the network. "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed. "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed. "firewallPolicyTypes": [ @@ -326,6 +341,13 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "multicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of multicast is supported. + "predefinedNetworkInternalIpv6Range": "A String", # Specifies a predefined internal IPv6 range for the network. + "predefinedSubnetworkRanges": [ # Predefined subnetwork ranges for the network. + { + "ipv6Range": "A String", # The IPv6 range of the predefined subnetwork. + "namePrefix": "A String", # The naming prefix of the predefined subnetwork. + }, + ], "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index cc1e7eeac5..ea4fb7649f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -1145,6 +1145,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -2187,6 +2188,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. @@ -3597,6 +3599,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index be453e3761..9bf6908202 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -811,6 +811,7 @@Method Details
# as the instance's zone. If not specified, Google Cloud will automatically # assign an internal IPv6 address from the instance's subnetwork. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#networkInterface for network interfaces. + "macAddress": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] MAC address assigned to this network interface. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the # server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming # format. Where N is a value between 0 and7. The default interface value is nic0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigMembers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigMembers.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e56291b8ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigMembers.html @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ + + + +Compute Engine API . regionMultiMigMembers
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+get(project, region, multiMig, multiMigMember, x__xgafv=None)Retrieves information about the specified multi-MIG member.
+ +Retrieves a list of members of a specific multi-MIG.
+ +Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +get(project, region, multiMig, multiMigMember, x__xgafv=None)+Retrieves information about the specified multi-MIG member. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + region: string, Name of the region for this request. Region name should conform to RFC1035. (required) + multiMig: string, The name of the multi-MIG. +Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required) + multiMigMember: string, The name of the multi-MIG member. +Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Represents a Multi-MIG member resource. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp of this multi-MIG member inRFC3339 text format. + "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server + # generates this identifier. + "kind": "compute#multiMigMember", # Output only. Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#multiMigMember for a list of multi-MIG members. + "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined name for the multi-MIG member. + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the region where the multi-MIG resides. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. + "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this multi-MIG member + "instanceGroupManager": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of member instance group manager + }, +}+++ +list(project, region, multiMig, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)+Retrieves a list of members of a specific multi-MIG. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + region: string, Name of the region for this request. Region name should conform to RFC1035. (required) + multiMig: string, The name of the multi-MIG. +Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required) + filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most +Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: +expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow +API improvement proposal AIP-160. +These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. + +If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an +operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value +must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator +must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. + +For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can +exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying +`name != example-instance`. + +The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. +For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: +``` +labels.owner:* +``` + +You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify +`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only +if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering +on nested fields to filter based onresource labels. + +To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within +parentheses. For example: +``` +(scheduling.automaticRestart = true) +(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") +``` +By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you +can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. +For example: +``` +(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR +(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND +(scheduling.automaticRestart = true) +``` + +If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` +(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or +without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: + +`fieldname eq unquoted literal` +`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` +`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` +`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` + +The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax. +The literal value must match the entire field. + +For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", +you would use `name ne .*instance`. + +You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular +expressions. + maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. +If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, +Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get +the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are +`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`) + orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results +are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. + +You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation +timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts +results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in +reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort +resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. + +Currently, only sorting by `name` or +`creationTimestamp desc` is supported. + pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the +`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get +the next page of results. + returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case +of failure. The default value is false. + +For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a +single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, +with an error code. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. + "items": [ # A list of multi-MIG member resources. + { # Represents a Multi-MIG member resource. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp of this multi-MIG member inRFC3339 text format. + "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server + # generates this identifier. + "kind": "compute#multiMigMember", # Output only. Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#multiMigMember for a list of multi-MIG members. + "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined name for the multi-MIG member. + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the region where the multi-MIG resides. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. + "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this multi-MIG member + "instanceGroupManager": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of member instance group manager + }, + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#multiMigMemberList", # Output only. Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#multiMigMember for a list of multi-MIG members. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token allows you to get the next page of results for + # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for + # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. + # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to + # continue paging through the results. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Server-defined URL for this resource. + "warning": { # Informational warning message. + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute + # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there + # are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: + # value format. For example: + # + # "data": [ + # { + # "key": "scope", + # "value": "zones/us-east1-d" + # } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being + # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list + # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and + # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key + # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a + # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance + # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html index e278998e9c..2ccaf92cf1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -536,6 +536,8 @@list_next()+Retrieves the next page of results. + + Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + + Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++Method Details
}, }, ], + "membersCount": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instance group manager members in this + # multi-MIG. }, }
patch(project, zone, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data
+
+ testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, zone, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data
@@ -2987,6 +2990,40 @@testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, zone, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 632af8108e..38eeecaf87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -1450,6 +1450,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -3320,6 +3353,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4982,6 +5048,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6563,6 +6662,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -7905,6 +8037,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -9190,6 +9355,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -12167,6 +12365,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html index 48a82c576a..e8a24dba46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html @@ -472,6 +472,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -517,6 +523,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1520,6 +1534,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1565,6 +1585,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1690,6 +1718,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1735,6 +1769,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2267,6 +2309,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2312,6 +2360,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2474,6 +2530,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2519,6 +2581,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2644,6 +2714,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2689,6 +2765,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3234,6 +3318,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3279,6 +3369,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3404,6 +3502,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3449,6 +3553,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3985,6 +4097,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4030,6 +4148,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4155,6 +4281,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4200,6 +4332,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4606,6 +4746,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4651,6 +4797,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html index dada39da86..d867d8e9e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@Instance Methods
patch(project, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
++
+testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
@@ -3060,6 +3063,39 @@Method Details
}
testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html index 560399b7fa..043aef354d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@Instance Methods
patch(project, httpHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
++
+testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, httpHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
@@ -1275,6 +1278,39 @@Method Details
}
testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, httpHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html index ad405ea4d9..45bce1525d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@Instance Methods
patch(project, httpsHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
++
+testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, httpsHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
@@ -1291,6 +1294,39 @@Method Details
}
testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, httpsHealthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index 8a64dece00..060712964d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -6904,6 +6904,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -6949,6 +6955,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -7064,6 +7078,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -7109,6 +7129,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html index cf4bbe8bdd..32531855b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html @@ -458,6 +458,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -911,6 +923,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -1361,6 +1385,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that @@ -2404,6 +2440,18 @@Method Details
# comply withRFC1035. "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be # attached to a disk or image at a time. + "params": { # Additional license params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the license. Tag keys and values + # have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced + # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no # replacement license needed. "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 6e86ffc5ff..b72daeb4da 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -1809,6 +1809,7 @@Method Details
# from 2 to 255 inclusively. }, ], + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from # this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is @@ -3715,6 +3716,7 @@Method Details
# from 2 to 255 inclusively. }, ], + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from # this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is @@ -5614,6 +5616,7 @@Method Details
# from 2 to 255 inclusively. }, ], + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from # this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 82b7aab116..cdef1531c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -486,6 +486,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -531,6 +537,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -928,6 +942,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -973,6 +993,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1518,6 +1546,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1563,6 +1597,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1688,6 +1730,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1733,6 +1781,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2561,6 +2617,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2606,6 +2668,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2731,6 +2801,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2776,6 +2852,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3311,6 +3395,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3356,6 +3446,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3483,6 +3581,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3528,6 +3632,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3691,6 +3803,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3736,6 +3854,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3861,6 +3987,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3906,6 +4038,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4445,6 +4585,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4490,6 +4636,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4615,6 +4769,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4660,6 +4820,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4884,6 +5052,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4929,6 +5103,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5054,6 +5236,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5099,6 +5287,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5506,6 +5702,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5551,6 +5753,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5945,6 +6155,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -5990,6 +6206,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html index 8df2386410..cfc1c618b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@Method Details
# purposes are supported. "A String", ], + "allowAddressCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether address creation is allowed. "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are # allowed. "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed. @@ -125,10 +126,12 @@Method Details
"allowDefaultNicAttachment": "A String", # Specifies whether default NIC attachment is allowed. "allowExternalIpAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether VMs are allowed to have external IP access on network # interfaces connected to this VPC. + "allowFirewallPolicy": "A String", # Specifies whether firewall policy can be attached to the network. "allowInterconnect": "A String", # Specifies whether Cloud Interconnect creation is allowed. "allowIpForwarding": "A String", # Specifies whether IP forwarding is allowed. "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed. "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed. + "allowMultiNicInSameSubnetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same subnetwork is allowed. "allowMulticast": "A String", # Specifies whether multicast is allowed. "allowNcc": "A String", # Specifies whether NCC is allowed. "allowNetworkMigration": "A String", # Specifies whether VM network migration is allowed. @@ -138,13 +141,25 @@Method Details
"allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed. "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed. "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed. + "allowSubnetworkCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether subnetwork creation is allowed. + "allowVpcFirewallRules": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC firewall rules can be created under the network. "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed. "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed. + "firewallPolicyTypes": [ + "A String", + ], "interfaceTypes": [ # If set, limits the interface types that the network supports. If # empty, all interface types are supported. "A String", ], "multicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of multicast is supported. + "predefinedNetworkInternalIpv6Range": "A String", # Specifies a predefined internal IPv6 range for the network. + "predefinedSubnetworkRanges": [ # Predefined subnetwork ranges for the network. + { + "ipv6Range": "A String", # The IPv6 range of the predefined subnetwork. + "namePrefix": "A String", # The naming prefix of the predefined subnetwork. + }, + ], "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported. "A String", ], @@ -289,6 +304,7 @@Method Details
# purposes are supported. "A String", ], + "allowAddressCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether address creation is allowed. "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are # allowed. "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed. @@ -298,10 +314,12 @@Method Details
"allowDefaultNicAttachment": "A String", # Specifies whether default NIC attachment is allowed. "allowExternalIpAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether VMs are allowed to have external IP access on network # interfaces connected to this VPC. + "allowFirewallPolicy": "A String", # Specifies whether firewall policy can be attached to the network. "allowInterconnect": "A String", # Specifies whether Cloud Interconnect creation is allowed. "allowIpForwarding": "A String", # Specifies whether IP forwarding is allowed. "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed. "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed. + "allowMultiNicInSameSubnetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same subnetwork is allowed. "allowMulticast": "A String", # Specifies whether multicast is allowed. "allowNcc": "A String", # Specifies whether NCC is allowed. "allowNetworkMigration": "A String", # Specifies whether VM network migration is allowed. @@ -311,13 +329,25 @@Method Details
"allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed. "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed. "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed. + "allowSubnetworkCreation": "A String", # Specifies whether subnetwork creation is allowed. + "allowVpcFirewallRules": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC firewall rules can be created under the network. "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed. "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed. + "firewallPolicyTypes": [ + "A String", + ], "interfaceTypes": [ # If set, limits the interface types that the network supports. If # empty, all interface types are supported. "A String", ], "multicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of multicast is supported. + "predefinedNetworkInternalIpv6Range": "A String", # Specifies a predefined internal IPv6 range for the network. + "predefinedSubnetworkRanges": [ # Predefined subnetwork ranges for the network. + { + "ipv6Range": "A String", # The IPv6 range of the predefined subnetwork. + "namePrefix": "A String", # The naming prefix of the predefined subnetwork. + }, + ], "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html index 0ad1b223f2..bc9ea32c80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html @@ -1034,6 +1034,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1079,6 +1085,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1192,6 +1206,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1237,6 +1257,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html index 61b65b7a40..7fd0c4a666 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@Instance Methods
patch(project, region, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using
++
+testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, region, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using
@@ -2452,6 +2455,40 @@Method Details
}
testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, region, autoscaler=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index a250584051..342a107e5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -1323,6 +1323,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2968,6 +3001,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4550,6 +4616,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -5895,6 +5994,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -7181,6 +7313,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -9875,6 +10040,39 @@Method Details
# Balancers when the haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. # # This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set toINTERNAL, or when the load balancing scheme is set toEXTERNAL and haPolicy fastIpMove is enabled. + "networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy": { # Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network + # Load Balancers. + # + # networkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy. + "zonalAffinity": { # When configured, new connections are load balanced across healthy backend + # endpoints in the local zone. + "spillover": "A String", # This field indicates whether zonal affinity is enabled or not. The + # possible values are: + # + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_DISABLED: Default Value. Zonal Affinity + # is disabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all + # healthy backend endpoints across all zones. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_STAY_WITHIN_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there are no healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer distributes + # new connections to all backend endpoints in the local zone. + # - ZONAL_AFFINITY_SPILL_CROSS_ZONE: Zonal Affinity is + # enabled. The load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy + # backend endpoints in the local zone only. If there aren't enough + # healthy backend endpoints in the local zone, the load balancer + # distributes new connections to all healthy backend endpoints across all + # zones. + "spilloverRatio": 3.14, # The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. When the ratio of the count + # of healthy backend endpoints in a zone to the count of backend + # endpoints in that same zone is equal to or above this threshold, the + # load balancer distributes new connections to all healthy endpoints in + # the local zone only. When the ratio of the count of healthy backend + # endpoints in a zone to the count of backend endpoints in that same + # zone is below this threshold, the load balancer distributes all new + # connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. + }, + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html index 11eae434aa..75621e7e72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@Instance Methods
patch(project, region, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
++
+testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, region, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data
@@ -2516,6 +2519,40 @@Method Details
}
testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+ project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+ region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+ resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+ "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+ # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+ # allowed.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+update(project, region, healthCheck, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 6eb233f146..b0966f12e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -473,6 +473,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -518,6 +524,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1531,6 +1545,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1576,6 +1596,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1701,6 +1729,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1746,6 +1780,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1923,6 +1965,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -1968,6 +2016,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2081,6 +2137,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2126,6 +2188,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2795,6 +2865,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -2840,6 +2916,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3003,6 +3087,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3048,6 +3138,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3173,6 +3271,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3218,6 +3322,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3759,6 +3871,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3804,6 +3922,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3929,6 +4055,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -3974,6 +4106,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4199,6 +4339,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4244,6 +4390,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4369,6 +4523,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4414,6 +4574,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4822,6 +4990,12 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - NON_INTERNET "destNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic destination. Allowed values are: # # @@ -4867,6 +5041,14 @@Method Details
# Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcNetworkContext": "A String", # Network context of the traffic source. Allowed values are: + # + # + # - UNSPECIFIED + # - INTERNET + # - INTRA_VPC + # - NON_INTERNET + # - VPC_NETWORKS "srcNetworkType": "A String", # Network type of the traffic source. Allowed values are: # # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index a1864c4427..b784e1402e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@Instance Methods
Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
Method Details
+close()@@ -1007,4 +1010,38 @@Method Details
++testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. + +Args: + project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) + region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required) + resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ + "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with + # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. + "A String", + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is + # allowed. + "A String", + ], +}+